blob: 41c868e00558ce45eecc41c8c465b393024f7336 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
99 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the
105 // same common base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of
106 // the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000107 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000108 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
109 int isMethod = 0;
110 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
111 // skip over named parameters.
112 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
113 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
114 if (nullPos)
115 --nullPos;
116 else
117 ++i;
118 }
119 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
120 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000121 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000122 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
123 // skip over named parameters.
124 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
125 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
126 if (nullPos)
127 --nullPos;
128 else
129 ++i;
130 }
131 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
132 }
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000133 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
134 // block or function pointer call.
135 QualType Ty = V->getType();
136 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
137 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
138 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
139 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
140 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
141 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
142 unsigned k;
143 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
144 if (nullPos)
145 --nullPos;
146 else
147 ++i;
148 }
149 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
150 }
151 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
152 isMethod = 2;
153 }
154 else
155 return;
156 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 else
158 return;
159
160 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000162 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000163 return;
164 }
165 int sentinel = i;
166 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
167 --sentinelPos;
168 ++i;
169 }
170 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
171 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000172 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000173 return;
174 }
175 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
176 ++i;
177 ++sentinel;
178 }
179 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
180 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
181 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000182 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000183 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000184 }
185 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000186}
187
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000188SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
189 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
190 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
191}
192
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
194// Standard Promotions and Conversions
195//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
196
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
198void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
199 QualType Ty = E->getType();
200 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
201
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000202 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
203 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000204 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
205 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
206 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
207 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
208 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
209 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
210 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000211 //
212 // C++ 4.2p1:
213 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
214 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
215 //
216 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
217 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000218 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
219 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000220}
221
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000222/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
223/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
224///
225/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
226/// promotion occurs.
227static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000228 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
229 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000230 return QualType();
231
232 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
233 if (!BT)
234 return QualType();
235
236 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
237 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
238 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
239 return QualType();
240
241 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
242 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
243 return QualType();
244
245 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
246 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
247 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
248 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
249 return Context.IntTy;
250
251 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
252 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
253
254 return QualType();
255}
256
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000257/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
258/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
259/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
260/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
261/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
262Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
263 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
264 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
265
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000266 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
267 //
268 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
269 // unsigned int may be used:
270 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
271 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
272 // and unsigned int.
273 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
274 //
275 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
276 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
277 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
278 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
279 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000280 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000281 return Expr;
282 } else {
283 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
284 if (!T.isNull()) {
285 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
286 return Expr;
287 }
288 }
289
290 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000291 return Expr;
292}
293
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000294/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
295/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
296/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
297void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
298 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
299 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
300
301 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
302 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
303 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
304 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
305
306 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
307}
308
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000309/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
310/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
311/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
312/// completely illegal.
313bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000314 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
315
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000316 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
317 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
318 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
319 << Expr->getType() << CT;
320 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000321 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000322
323 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
324 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
325 << Expr->getType() << CT;
326
327 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000328}
329
330
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000331/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
332/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
333/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
334/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
335/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
336/// GCC.
337QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
338 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000340 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000341
342 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000343
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000344 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
345 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000346 QualType lhs =
347 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
348 QualType rhs =
349 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000350
351 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
352 if (lhs == rhs)
353 return lhs;
354
355 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
356 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
357 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
358 return lhs;
359
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000360 // Perform bitfield promotions.
361 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
362 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
363 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
364 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
365 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
366 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
367
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000368 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000369 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000370 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000371 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000372 return destType;
373}
374
375QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
376 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
377 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
378 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
379 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
380 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000381 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
382 lhs = Context.IntTy;
383 else
384 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
385 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
386 rhs = Context.IntTy;
387 else
388 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000389
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000390 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
391 if (lhs == rhs)
392 return lhs;
393
394 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
395 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
396 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
397 return lhs;
398
399 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
400
401 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
402 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
403 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
404 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
405 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000406 return lhs;
407 }
408 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
409 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000410 return rhs;
411 }
412 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
413 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
414 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
415 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
416 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
417 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
418 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
419 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
420 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
421 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
422 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
423
424 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
425 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000426 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
427 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000428 }
429 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
430 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
431 // does not require this promotion.
432 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
433 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000434 return rhs;
435 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000436 return lhs;
437 }
438 }
439 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
440 }
441 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
442 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
443 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000444 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000445 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000446 return lhs;
447 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000448 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
449 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
450 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
451 }
452 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000453 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000454 return rhs;
455 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000456 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
457 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
458 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
459 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000460 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
461 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
462 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000463 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000464 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000465 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
466 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000467 }
468 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
469 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
470 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
471 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
472
473 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
474 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000475 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
476 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000477 return rhs;
478 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
479 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000480 return lhs;
481 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
482 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000483 return rhs;
484 }
485 }
486 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
487 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
488 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
489 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
490 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
491 QualType destType;
492 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
493 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
494 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
495 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
496 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
497 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
498 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
499 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
500 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
501 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
502 // use the signed type.
503 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
504 } else {
505 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
506 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
507 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
508 // to the signed type.
509 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
510 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000511 return destType;
512}
513
514//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
515// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
516//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
517
518
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000519/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000520/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
521/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
522/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
523/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000524///
525Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000526Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000527 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
528
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000529 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000530 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000531 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000532
533 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
534 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
535 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000536
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000537 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000538 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000539 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000540
541 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
542 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
543 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000544
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000545 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
546 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
547 // strings.
548 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000549 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000550 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000551
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000552 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000553 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
554 Literal.GetStringLength(),
555 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
556 &StringTokLocs[0],
557 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000558}
559
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000560/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
561/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
562/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
563/// for values inside the block or for globals).
564///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000565/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
566/// up-to-date.
567///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000568static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
569 ValueDecl *VD) {
570 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
571 // we wanted to.
572 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
573 return false;
574
575 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
576 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
577 return false;
578
579 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
580 // snapshot it.
581 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
582 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000583 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
584 return false;
585
586 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
587 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
588
589 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
590 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
591 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
592 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
593 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
594 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
595 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
596 // having a reference outside it.
597 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
598 break;
599
600 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
601 // a snapshot as well.
602 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
603 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000604
605 return true;
606}
607
608
609
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000610/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000611/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000612/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000613/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000614/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000615Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
616 IdentifierInfo &II,
617 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000618 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
619 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
620 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000621 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000622}
623
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000624/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
625/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
626/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000627DeclRefExpr *
628Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
629 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
630 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000631 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000632 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
633 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000634 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000635 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000636 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000637}
638
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000639/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
640/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
641/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000642static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
643 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
645 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
646
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000647 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000648 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
649 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
650 // this even better.
651 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000652 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
653 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000654 D != DEnd; ++D) {
655 if (*D == Record) {
656 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
657 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
658 ++D;
659 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000660 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000661 return *D;
662 }
663 }
664
665 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
666 return 0;
667}
668
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000669/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
670/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
671/// actual member.
672///
673/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
674/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
675/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
676/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
677/// we found.
678///
679/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
680/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
681/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
682VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
683 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000684 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
685 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
686 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
687
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000688 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000689 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
690 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
691 do {
692 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000693 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000694 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000695 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000696 else {
697 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
698 break;
699 }
700 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
701 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
702 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000703
704 return BaseObject;
705}
706
707Sema::OwningExprResult
708Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
709 FieldDecl *Field,
710 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
711 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
712 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
713 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
714 AnonFields);
715
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000716 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
717 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
718 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
719 // found via name lookup.
720 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
721 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
722 if (BaseObject) {
723 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
724 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000725 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000726 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000727 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000728 ExtraQuals
729 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
730 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
731 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
732 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
733 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
734 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
735 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
736 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
737 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
738 }
739 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
740 } else {
741 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
742 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
743 // program our base object expression is "this".
744 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
745 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
746 QualType AnonFieldType
747 = Context.getTagDeclType(
748 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
749 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
750 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
751 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
752 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
753 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000754 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000755 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000756 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
757 }
758 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000759 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
760 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000761 }
762 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
763 }
764
765 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000766 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
767 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000768 }
769
770 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
771 // anonymous struct/union.
772 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
773 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
774 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
775 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
776 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
777 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
778 unsigned combinedQualifiers
779 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
780 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
781 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000782 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
783 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000784 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
785 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000786 }
787
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000788 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000789}
790
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000791/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
792/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
793/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
794/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
795/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
796/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
797/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
798/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
799/// forms.
800///
801/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
802/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
803/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
804/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000805///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000806/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
807/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
808/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
809/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000810Sema::OwningExprResult
811Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
812 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000813 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000814 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000815 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000816 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
817 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000818
819 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
820 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
821 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
822 // names a dependent type.
823 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000824 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
825 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000826 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000827 }
828
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000829 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
830 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000831
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000832 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
833 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
834 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
835 : SourceRange());
836 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000837 }
838
839 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000840
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000841 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
842 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000843 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
844 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000845 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
846 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000847 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
848 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
849 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000850 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000851 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000852 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000853 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
854 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000855 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000856 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
857 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000858
859 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
860 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
861 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
862 return ExprError();
863
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000864 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
865 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
866 // an error.
867 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
868 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
869 << IV->getDeclName());
870 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
871 // same name exists, use the global.
872 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000873 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
874 ClassDeclared != IFace)
875 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000876 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
877 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
878 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
879 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000880 return Owned(new (Context)
881 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000882 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000883 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000884 }
885 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000886 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
887 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
888 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000889 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000890 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
891 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000892 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
893 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000894 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000895 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000896 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000897 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000898 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000899 QualType T;
900
901 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
902 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
903 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
904 else
905 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000906 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000907 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000908 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000909
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000910 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
911 // argument-dependent lookup.
912 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
913 HasTrailingLParen;
914
915 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000916 // We've seen something of the form
917 //
918 // identifier(
919 //
920 // and we did not find any entity by the name
921 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
922 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
923 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
924 Context.OverloadTy,
925 Loc));
926 }
927
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000928 if (D == 0) {
929 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
930 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000931 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000932 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000933 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000934 else {
935 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
936 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000937 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000938 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
939 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000940 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
941 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000942 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
943 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000944 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000945 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000946 }
947 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000948
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000949 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
950 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
951 // not any specific instance's member.
952 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000953 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000954 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000955 QualType DType;
956 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
957 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
958 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
959 DType = Method->getType();
960 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
961 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
962 }
963 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
964 if (!DType.isNull()) {
965 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
966 // dependent.
967 bool Dependent = false;
968 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
969 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
970 if (DC->isRecord()) {
971 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
972 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
973 Dependent = true;
974 break;
975 }
976 }
977 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000978 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000979 }
980 }
981 }
982
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000983 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
984 // (C++ [class.union]).
985 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
986 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
987 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000988
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000989 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
990 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
991 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
992 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
993 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
994 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
995 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
996 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
997 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
998 QualType MemberType;
999 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1000 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1001 MemberType = FD->getType();
1002
1003 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1004 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1005 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1006 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1007 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1008 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1009 }
1010 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1011 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1012 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1013 MemberType = Method->getType();
1014 }
1015 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1016 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1017 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1018 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1019 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1020 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1021 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1022 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1023 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1024 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1025 break;
1026 }
1027 }
1028 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001029
1030 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001031 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1032 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1033 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1034 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1035 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1036 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001037 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001038 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001039 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001040 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001041 }
1042 }
1043 }
1044 }
1045
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001046 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001047 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1048 if (MD->isStatic())
1049 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001050 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1051 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001052 }
1053
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001054 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1055 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1056 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001057 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1058 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001059 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001060
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001061 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001062 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001063 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001064 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001065 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001066 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001067
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001068 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001069 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001070 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1071 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001072 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
1073 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1074 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001075 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001076
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001077 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1078 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1079 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1080 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1081 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1082 return ExprError();
1083
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001084 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001085 // Warn about constructs like:
1086 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1087 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001088 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1089 Scope *CheckS = S;
1090 while (CheckS) {
1091 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001092 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001093 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001094 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1095 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001096 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001097 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1098 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001099 break;
1100 }
1101
1102 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1103 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1104 if (CheckS)
1105 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1106 }
1107 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001108 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1109 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1110 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1111 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1112 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1113 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1114 // type.
1115 QualType T = Func->getType();
1116 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1118 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001119 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
1120 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001121 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001122
1123 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1124 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001125 return ExprError();
1126
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001127 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1128 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1129 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1130 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001131 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001132 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1133 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1134 //
1135 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001136 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001137 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
1138 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001139 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001140
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001141 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001142 ExprTy.addConst();
1143 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001144 }
1145 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1146 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001147
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001148 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001149 bool ValueDependent = false;
1150 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1151 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1152 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1153 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1154 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1155 TypeDependent = true;
1156 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1157 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1158 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1159 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1160 TypeDependent = true;
1161 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1162 // names a dependent type.
1163 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001164 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001165 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1166 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001167 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001168 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1169 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1170 TypeDependent = true;
1171 break;
1172 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001173 }
1174 }
1175 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001176
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001177 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1178 //
1179 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1180 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1181 if (TypeDependent)
1182 ValueDependent = true;
1183 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1184 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1185 ValueDependent = true;
1186 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1187 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1188 // (FIXME!).
1189 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001190
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001191 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1192 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001193}
1194
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1196 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001197 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001198
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001199 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001200 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001201 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1202 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1203 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001204 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001205
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001206 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1207 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001208 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001209 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1210 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001211 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1212 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1213 else {
1214 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1215 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1216 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1217 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001218
1219
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001220 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001221 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001222 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001223 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001224}
1225
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001226Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001227 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1228 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1229 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1230 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001231
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001232 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1233 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1234 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001235 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001236
1237 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1238
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001239 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1240 Literal.isWide(),
1241 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001242}
1243
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001244Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1245 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001246 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1247 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001248 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001249 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001250 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001251 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001252 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001253
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001254 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001255 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1256 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001257 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001258
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001259 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1260 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001261
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001262 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1263 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1264 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001265 return ExprError();
1266
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001267 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001268
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001269 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001270 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001271 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001272 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001273 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001274 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001275 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001276 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001277
1278 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1279
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001280 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1281 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001282 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1283 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001284
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001285 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001286 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001287 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001288 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001289
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001290 // long long is a C99 feature.
1291 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001292 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001293 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1294
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001295 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001296 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001297
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001298 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1299 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1300 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001301 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1302 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001303 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001304 } else {
1305 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1306 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001307
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001308 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1309 // be an unsigned int.
1310 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1311
1312 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001313 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001314 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1315 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001316 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001317
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001318 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1319 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1320 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1321 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001322 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001323 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001324 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001325 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001326 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001327 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001328
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001329 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001330 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001331 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001332
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001333 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1334 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1335 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1336 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001337 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001338 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001339 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001340 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001341 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342 }
1343
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001344 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001345 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001346 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001347
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001348 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1349 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1350 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1351 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001352 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001353 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001354 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001355 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001356 }
1357 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001358
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001359 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1360 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001361 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001362 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001363 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001364 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001365 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001366
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001367 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1368 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001369 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001370 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001371 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001372
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001373 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1374 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001375 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1376 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001377
1378 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001379}
1380
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001381Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1382 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001383 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001384 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001385 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001386}
1387
1388/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1389/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001390bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001391 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1392 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1393 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001394 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1395 return false;
1396
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001397 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001398 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001399 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001400 if (isSizeof)
1401 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1402 return false;
1403 }
1404
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001405 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001406 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001407 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1408 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001409 return false;
1410 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001411
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001412 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1413 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1414 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1415 ExprRange))
1416 return true;
1417
1418 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001419 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001420 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001421 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1422 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001423 }
1424
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001425 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001426}
1427
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001428bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1429 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1430 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001431
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001432 // alignof decl is always ok.
1433 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1434 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001435
1436 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1437 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1438 return false;
1439
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001440 if (E->getBitField()) {
1441 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1442 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001443 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001444
1445 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1446 // bit-field.
1447 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1448 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1449 return false;
1450
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001451 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1452}
1453
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001454/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1455Action::OwningExprResult
1456Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1457 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1458 if (T.isNull())
1459 return ExprError();
1460
1461 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1462 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1463 return ExprError();
1464
1465 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1466 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1467 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1468 R.getEnd()));
1469}
1470
1471/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1472/// operand.
1473Action::OwningExprResult
1474Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1475 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1476 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1477 bool isInvalid = false;
1478 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1479 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1480 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1481 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001482 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001483 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1484 isInvalid = true;
1485 } else {
1486 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1487 }
1488
1489 if (isInvalid)
1490 return ExprError();
1491
1492 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1493 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1494 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1495 R.getEnd()));
1496}
1497
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001498/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1499/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1500/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001501Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001502Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1503 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001504 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001505 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001506
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001507 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001508 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1509 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1510 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001511
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001512 // Get the end location.
1513 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1514 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1515 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1516
1517 if (Result.isInvalid())
1518 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1519
1520 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001521}
1522
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001523QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001524 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1525 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001526
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001527 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001528 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1529 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001530
1531 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1532 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1533 return V->getType();
1534
1535 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001536 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1537 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001538 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001539}
1540
1541
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001542
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001543Action::OwningExprResult
1544Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1545 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1546 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001547
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001548 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1549 switch (Kind) {
1550 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1551 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1552 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1553 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001554
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001555 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1556 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1557 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001558 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001559 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1560
1561 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1562 //
1563 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1564 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1565 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1566 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1567 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1568 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1569 // argument will have value zero.
1570 Expr *Args[2] = {
1571 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001572 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1573 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001574 };
1575
1576 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1577 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001578 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001579
1580 // Perform overload resolution.
1581 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1582 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1583 case OR_Success: {
1584 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1585 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1586
1587 if (FnDecl) {
1588 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1589 // operator.
1590
1591 // Convert the arguments.
1592 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1593 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001594 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001595 } else {
1596 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001597 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001598 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1599 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001600 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001601 }
1602
1603 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001604 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001605 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1606 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001607
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001608 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001609 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001610 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001611 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1612
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001613 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001614 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1615 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1616 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001617 } else {
1618 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1619 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1620 // operator node.
1621 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1622 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001623 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001624
1625 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001626 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001627 }
1628
1629 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1630 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1631 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1632 break;
1633
1634 case OR_Ambiguous:
1635 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1636 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1637 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1638 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001639 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001640
1641 case OR_Deleted:
1642 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1643 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1644 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1645 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1646 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1647 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001648 }
1649
1650 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1651 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1652 // build a built-in operation.
1653 }
1654
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001655 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1656 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001657 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001658 return ExprError();
1659 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001660 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001661}
1662
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001663Action::OwningExprResult
1664Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1665 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1666 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1667 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001668
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001669 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001670 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001671 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1672 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1673 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001674 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1675 // to the candidate set.
1676 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1677 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001678 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1679 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001680
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001681 // Perform overload resolution.
1682 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1683 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1684 case OR_Success: {
1685 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1686 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1687
1688 if (FnDecl) {
1689 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1690 // operator.
1691
1692 // Convert the arguments.
1693 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1694 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1695 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1696 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1697 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001698 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001699 } else {
1700 // Convert the arguments.
1701 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1702 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1703 "passing") ||
1704 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1705 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1706 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001707 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001708 }
1709
1710 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001711 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001712 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1713 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001714
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001715 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001716 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1717 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001718 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1719
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001720 Base.release();
1721 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001722 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1723 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001724 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001725 } else {
1726 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1727 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1728 // operator node.
1729 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1730 "passing") ||
1731 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1732 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001733 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001734
1735 break;
1736 }
1737 }
1738
1739 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1740 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1741 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1742 break;
1743
1744 case OR_Ambiguous:
1745 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1746 << "[]"
1747 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1748 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001749 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001750
1751 case OR_Deleted:
1752 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1753 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1754 << "[]"
1755 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1756 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1757 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001758 }
1759
1760 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1761 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1762 // build a built-in operation.
1763 }
1764
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001765 // Perform default conversions.
1766 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1767 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001768
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001769 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1770
1771 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001772 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001773 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001774 // and index from the expression types.
1775 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1776 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001777 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1778 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1779 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1780 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1781 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001782 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1783 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001784 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001785 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001786 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1787 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1788 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001789 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001790 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1791 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001792 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001793
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001794 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1795 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001796 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1797 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1798 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1799 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1800 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1801 // force the promotion here.
1802 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1803 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1804 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1805 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1806
1807 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1808 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1809 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1810 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1811 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1812 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1813 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1814 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1815 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1816
1817 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1818 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1819 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001820 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001821 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1822 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001823 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001824 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001825 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001826 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1827 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001828
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001829 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1830 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1831 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1832 // incomplete types are not object types.
1833 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1834 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1835 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1836 return ExprError();
1837 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001838
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001839 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001840 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001841 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1842 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001843
1844 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1845 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1846 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1847 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1848 return ExprError();
1849 }
1850
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001851 Base.release();
1852 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001853 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001854 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001855}
1856
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001857QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001858CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001859 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001860 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001861
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001862 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1863 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001864
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001865 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001866 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1867 // to be selected.
1868 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001869
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001870 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1871 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1872 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001873
1874 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1875 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001876 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001877 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1878 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001879 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001880 do
1881 compStr++;
1882 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001883 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001884 do
1885 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001886 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001887 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001888
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001889 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001890 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1891 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001892 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1893 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001894 return QualType();
1895 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001896
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001897 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1898 // operates on.
1899 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1900 compStr = CompName.getName();
1901
1902 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001903 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001904
1905 while (*compStr) {
1906 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1907 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1908 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1909 return QualType();
1910 }
1911 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001912 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001913
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001914 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1915 // number of elements.
1916 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001917 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001918 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001919 return QualType();
1920 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001921
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001922 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001923 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001924 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001925 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001926 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001927 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1928 : CompName.getLength();
1929 if (HexSwizzle)
1930 CompSize--;
1931
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001932 if (CompSize == 1)
1933 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001934
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001935 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001936 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001937 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1938 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1939 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1940 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001941 }
1942 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001943}
1944
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001945static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1946 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001947 const Selector &Sel,
1948 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001949
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001950 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001951 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001952 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001953 return OMD;
1954
1955 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1956 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001957 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1958 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001959 return D;
1960 }
1961 return 0;
1962}
1963
1964static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1965 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001966 const Selector &Sel,
1967 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001968 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1969 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1970 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1971 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001972 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001973 GDecl = PD;
1974 break;
1975 }
1976 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001977 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001978 GDecl = OMD;
1979 break;
1980 }
1981 }
1982 if (!GDecl) {
1983 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1984 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1985 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001986 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001987 if (GDecl)
1988 return GDecl;
1989 }
1990 }
1991 return GDecl;
1992}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001993
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001994/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1995/// all base class implementations.
1996///
1997ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1998 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1999 const Selector &Sel) {
2000 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00002001 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2002 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002003 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002004
2005 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2006 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2007 return Method;
2008}
2009
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002010Action::OwningExprResult
2011Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2012 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002013 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002014 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002015 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002016 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002017
2018 // Perform default conversions.
2019 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002020
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002021 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2022 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002023
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002024 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2025 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002026 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002027 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
2028 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, true, 0,
2029 MemberLoc, Context.DependentTy));
2030 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002031 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002032 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002033 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2034 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002035 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002036 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2037 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2038 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002039 } else {
2040 // We use isTemplateTypeParmType directly here, instead of simply checking
2041 // whether BaseType is dependent, because we want to report an error for
2042 //
2043 // T *t;
2044 // t.foo;
2045 //
2046 //
2047 if (BaseType->isTemplateTypeParmType())
2048 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, false, 0,
2049 MemberLoc, Context.DependentTy));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002050 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002051
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002052 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2053 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002054 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002055 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002056 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002057 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2058 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2059 return ExprError();
2060
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002061 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002062 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
2063 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002064 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002065 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002066 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002067
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002068 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002069 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2070 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002071 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002072 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2073 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2074 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002075 }
2076
2077 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002078
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002079 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2080 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2081 // error cases.
2082 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2083 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002084
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002085 // Check the use of this field
2086 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2087 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002088
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002089 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002090 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2091 // (C++ [class.union]).
2092 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002093 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002094 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002095
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002096 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2097 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002098 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002099 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2100 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2101 else {
2102 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2103 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002104 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002105 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2106 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2107 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002108
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002109 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2110 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002111 }
2112
2113 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002114 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002115 Var, MemberLoc,
2116 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2117 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002118 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002119 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2120 MemberFn->getType()));
2121 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2122 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002123 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002124 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
2125 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002126 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2127 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002128 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002129 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2130 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002131
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002132 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2133 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2134 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002135 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2136 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2137 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002138 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002139
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002140 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2141 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002142 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002143 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002144 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2145 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002146 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002147 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2148 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2149 // error cases.
2150 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2151 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002152
2153 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2154 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2155 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002156 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2157 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002158 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2159 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2160 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002161 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2162 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2163 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2164 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
2165 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
2166 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
2167 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002168 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002169 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2170 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2171 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2172 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2173 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2174 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002175 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002176
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002177 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002178 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002179 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002180 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2181 }
2182 // @protected
2183 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2184 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2185 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002186
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002187 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002188 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002189 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002190 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002191 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2192 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2193 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002194 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002195
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002196 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2197 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2198 const PointerType *PTy;
2199 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2200 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2201 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2202 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002203
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002204 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002205 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2206 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002207 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2208 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2209 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002210 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2211 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2212 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002213 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2214 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002215 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002216 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2217 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002218
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002219 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002220 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2221 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002222 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2223 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002224 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2225 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2226 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002227
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002228 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002229 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2230 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002231
2232 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2233 // selector is implemented.
2234
2235 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2236 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2237
2238 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002239 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002240
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002241 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2242 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002243 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002244
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002245 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2246 if (!Getter) {
2247 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2248 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002249 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002250 }
2251 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002252 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002253 // Check if we can reference this property.
2254 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2255 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002256 }
2257 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2258 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2259 Selector SetterSel =
2260 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2261 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002262 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002263 if (!Setter) {
2264 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2265 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002266 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002267 }
2268 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2269 if (!Setter) {
2270 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2271 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002272 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002273 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002274 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002275
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002276 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2277 return ExprError();
2278
2279 if (Getter || Setter) {
2280 QualType PType;
2281
2282 if (Getter)
2283 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2284 else {
2285 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2286 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2287 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2288 }
2289 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2290 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2291 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2292 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002293 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2294 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002295 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002296 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2297 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2298 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2299 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002300 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002301 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002302 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002303 // Check the use of this declaration
2304 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2305 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002306
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002307 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002308 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2309 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002310 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002311 // Check the use of this method.
2312 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2313 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002314
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002315 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002316 OMD->getResultType(),
2317 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2318 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002319 }
2320 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002321
2322 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2323 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002324 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002325 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2326 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2327 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2328 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2329 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002330 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2331 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002332 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002333 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002334 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002335 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002336 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002337 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002338 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2339 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2340 Selector SetterSel =
2341 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2342 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002343 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002344 if (!Setter) {
2345 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2346 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002347 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002348 }
2349 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2350 if (!Setter) {
2351 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2352 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002353 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002354 }
2355 }
2356
2357 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2358 return ExprError();
2359
2360 if (Getter || Setter) {
2361 QualType PType;
2362
2363 if (Getter)
2364 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2365 else {
2366 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2367 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2368 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2369 }
2370 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2371 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2372 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2373 }
2374 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2375 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002376 }
2377 }
2378
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002379 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002380 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002381 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2382 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002383 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002384 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002385 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002386 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002387
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002388 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2389 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2390
2391 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2392 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2393 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2394 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2395 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2396 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2397 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2398 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2399 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2400 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2401 }
2402
2403 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002404}
2405
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002406/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2407/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2408/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2409/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2410/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2411/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002412bool
2413Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002414 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002415 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002416 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2417 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002418 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002419 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2420 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2421 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002422 bool Invalid = false;
2423
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002424 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2425 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2426 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2427 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2428 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2429 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2430 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2431 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002432 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002433 }
2434
2435 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2436 // them.
2437 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2438 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2439 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2440 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2441 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2442 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2443 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2444 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002445 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002446 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002447 }
2448 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2449 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002450
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002451 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2452 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2453 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002454
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002455 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002456 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002457 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002458
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002459 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2460 ProtoArgType,
2461 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2462 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2463 return true;
2464
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002465 // Pass the argument.
2466 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2467 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002468 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002469 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002470 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002471 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002472
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002473 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2474 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002475
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002476 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2477 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002478 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2479 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2480 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2481 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2482 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2483
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002484 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2485 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2486 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002487 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002488 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2489 }
2490 }
2491
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002492 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002493}
2494
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002495/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002496/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2497/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002498Action::OwningExprResult
2499Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2500 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002501 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002502 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002503 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002504 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002505 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002506 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002507 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002508 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002509
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002510 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002511 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002512 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002513 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2514 bool Dependent = false;
2515 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2516 Dependent = true;
2517 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2518 Dependent = true;
2519
2520 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002521 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002522 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2523
2524 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2525 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2526 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2527 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2528
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002529 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002530 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2531 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2532 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002533 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2534 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002535 }
2536
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002537 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002538 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002539 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2540 bool ADL = true;
2541 while (true) {
2542 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2543 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2544 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002545 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002546 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002547 ADL = false;
2548 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2549 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002550 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002551 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2552 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002553 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2554 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2555 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2556 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002557 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002558 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2559 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2560 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002561 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002562 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2563 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2564 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002565 break;
2566 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002567 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002568
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002569 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2570 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002571 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002572 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002573 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002574 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002575
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002576 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002577 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002578 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002579 ADL = false;
2580
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002581 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2582 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2583 ADL = false;
2584
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002585 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002586 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2587 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002588 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2589 if (!FDecl)
2590 return ExprError();
2591
2592 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2593 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002594 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002595 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002596 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2597 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2598 false, false,
2599 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2600 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002601 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002602 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002603 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2604 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2605 Fn = NewFn;
2606 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002607 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002608
2609 // Promote the function operand.
2610 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2611
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002612 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2613 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002614 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2615 Args, NumArgs,
2616 Context.BoolTy,
2617 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002618
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002619 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2620 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2621 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2622 // have type pointer to function".
2623 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2624 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002625 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2626 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002627 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2628 } else { // This is a block call.
2629 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2630 getAsFunctionType();
2631 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002632 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002633 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2634 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2635
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002636 // Check for a valid return type
2637 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2638 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2639 FuncT->getResultType(),
2640 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2641 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2642 return ExprError();
2643
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002644 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002645 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002646
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002647 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002648 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002649 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002650 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002651 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002652 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002653
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002654 if (FDecl) {
2655 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2656 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2657 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregore3241e92009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002658 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002659 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2660 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2661 }
2662
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002663 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002664 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2665 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2666 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002667 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2668 Arg->getType(),
2669 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2670 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2671 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002672 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002673 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002674 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002675
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002676 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2677 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002678 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2679 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002680
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002681 // Check for sentinels
2682 if (NDecl)
2683 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002684 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002685 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002686 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002687
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002688 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002689}
2690
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002691Action::OwningExprResult
2692Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2693 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002694 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002695 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2696 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002697 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002698 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002699
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002700 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002701 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002702 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2703 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002704 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002705 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2706 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002707 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002708
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002709 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002710 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002711 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002712
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002713 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002714 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002715 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002716 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002717 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002718 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002719 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002720 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002721}
2722
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002723Action::OwningExprResult
2724Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002725 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2726 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2727 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002728
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002729 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002730 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002731
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002732 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002733 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002734 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002735 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002736}
2737
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002738/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002739bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002740 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2741
2742 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2743 // type needs to be scalar.
2744 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2745 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002746 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2747 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002748 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002749 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2750 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2751 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2752 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002753 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002754 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2755 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2756 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2757 // GCC cast to union extension
2758 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2759 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002760 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002761 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2762 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2763 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2764 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2765 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2766 break;
2767 }
2768 }
2769 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2770 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2771 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2772 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002773 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002774 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002775 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002776 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002777 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002778 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002779 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2780 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002781 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002782 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2783 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2784 return true;
2785 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2786 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2787 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002788 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002789 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002790 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2791 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2792 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2793 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2794 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2795 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2796 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2797 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2798 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2799 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2800 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002801 }
2802 return false;
2803}
2804
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002805bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002806 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002807
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002808 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002809 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002810 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002811 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002812 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002813 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002814 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002815 } else
2816 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002817 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002818 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002819
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002820 return false;
2821}
2822
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002823Action::OwningExprResult
2824Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2825 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2826 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2827 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002828
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002829 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002830 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2831
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002832 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002833 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002834 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002835 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002836}
2837
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002838/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2839/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002840/// C99 6.5.15
2841QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2842 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002843 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2844 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2845 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2846
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002847 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2848 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2849 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2850 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2851 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2852 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002853
2854 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002855 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2856 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2857 << CondTy;
2858 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002859 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002860
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002861 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002862
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002863 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2864 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002865 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2866 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2867 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002868 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002869
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002870 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2871 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002872 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2873 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002874 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002875 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002876 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002877 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002878 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002879 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002880
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002881 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002882 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002883 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2884 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2885 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2886 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2887 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2888 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2889 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2890 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2891 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002892 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002893 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002894 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2895 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002896 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2897 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2898 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2899 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2900 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002901 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002902 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2903 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2904 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2905 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2906 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002907 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002908
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002909 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2910 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2911 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2912 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2913
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002914 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2915 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002916 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2917 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00002918 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
2919 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
2920 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
2921 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002922
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002923 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2924 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
2925 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2926 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2927 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2928 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2929 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2930 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2931 return destType;
2932 }
2933 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
2934 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2935 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2936 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2937 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2938 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2939 return destType;
2940 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002941
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002942 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
2943 if (sameKind
2944 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
2945 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
2946 return LHSTy;
2947 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002948
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002949 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002950
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002951 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2952 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2953 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
2954 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
2955 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2956 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2957 // type. This allows
2958 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2959 // where B is a subclass of A.
2960 //
2961 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2962 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2963 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2964 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002965
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002966 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
2967 // It could return the composite type.
2968 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2969 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2970 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2971 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
2972 compositeType = LHSTy;
2973 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2974 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
2975 compositeType = RHSTy;
2976 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2977 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
2978 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2979 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
2980 if (!sameKind
2981 || !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2982 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2983 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2984 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2985 return QualType();
2986 } else {
2987 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2988 << LHSTy << RHSTy
2989 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2990 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002991 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2992 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002993 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002994 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002995 } else if (!sameKind
2996 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2997 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
2998 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2999 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3000 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3001 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3002 // to get a consistent AST.
3003 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3004 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3005 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3006 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003007 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003008 // The pointer types are compatible.
3009 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3010 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3011 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3012 // type.
3013 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3014 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3015 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3016 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3017 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003018 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003019
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003020 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3021 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3022 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3023 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3024 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3025 return RHSTy;
3026 }
3027 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3028 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3029 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3030 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3031 return LHSTy;
3032 }
3033
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003034 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3035 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003036 // id with statically typed objects).
3037 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003038 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3039 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3040 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003041 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003042 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003043 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3044 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3045 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003046 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
3047 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
3048 // however this may change the type of method sends.
3049 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3050 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3051 // cases. Investigate.
3052 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003053 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3054 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003055 return compositeType;
3056 }
3057 }
3058
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003059 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003060 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3061 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003062 return QualType();
3063}
3064
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003065/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003066/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003067Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3068 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3069 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3070 ExprArg RHS) {
3071 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3072 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003073
3074 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3075 // was the condition.
3076 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3077 if (isLHSNull)
3078 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003079
3080 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003081 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3082 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003083 return ExprError();
3084
3085 Cond.release();
3086 LHS.release();
3087 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003088 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003089 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3090 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003091}
3092
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003093
3094// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003095// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003096// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3097// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3098// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003099Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003100Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3101 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003102
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003103 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003104 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3105 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003106
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003107 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003108 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3109 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003110
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003111 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003112
3113 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3114 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3115 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003116 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003117 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003118 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003119
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003120 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3121 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003122 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003123 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003124 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003125 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003126
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003127 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003128 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3129 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003130 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003131
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003132 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003133 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003134 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003135
3136 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003137 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3138 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003139 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003140 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003141 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003142 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3143 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3144 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3145 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3146 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3147 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3148 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3149 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3150 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3151 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3152 }
3153 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3154 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3155 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3156 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3157 }
3158 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3159 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3160 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3161 // warning can be disabled.
3162 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3163 return ConvTy;
3164 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3165 }
3166 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3167 return IncompatiblePointer;
3168 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003169 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003170}
3171
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003172/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3173/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3174/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3175// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003176Sema::AssignConvertType
3177Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003178 QualType rhsType) {
3179 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003180
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003181 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3182 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003183 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3184
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003185 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3186 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3187 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003188
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003189 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003190
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003191 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3192 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3193 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003194
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003195 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003196 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003197 return ConvTy;
3198}
3199
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003200/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3201/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003202/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3203///
3204/// int a, *pint;
3205/// short *pshort;
3206/// struct foo *pfoo;
3207///
3208/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3209/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3210/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3211/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3212///
3213/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003214/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003215///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003216Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003217Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003218 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3219 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003220 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3221 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003222
3223 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003224 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003225
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003226 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3227 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3228 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3229 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3230 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3231 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3232 // type.
3233 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3234 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003235 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003236 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003237 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003238
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003239 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3240 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003241 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003242 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3243 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3244 return IntToPointer;
3245 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3246 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003247 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003248 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003249
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003250 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003251 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003252 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3253 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003254 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003255
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003256 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003257 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003258 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003259 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3260 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003261 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003262 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003263 }
3264 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003265 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003266
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003267 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003268 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003269
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003270 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003271 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003272 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003273
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003274 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003275 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003276
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003277 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003278 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003279 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003280
3281 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3282 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3283 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3284 return Compatible;
3285 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003286 return Incompatible;
3287 }
3288
3289 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3290 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003291 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003292
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003293 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3294 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3295 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3296 return Compatible;
3297
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003298 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3299 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003300
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003301 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3302 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003303 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003304 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003305 return Incompatible;
3306 }
3307
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003308 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003309 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003310 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3311 return Compatible;
3312
3313 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003314 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003315
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003316 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003317 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003318
3319 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003320 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003321 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003322 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003323 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003324
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003325 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003326 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003327 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003328 }
3329 return Incompatible;
3330}
3331
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003332/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3333/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3334static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3335 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3336 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3337 // of the transparent union.
3338 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3339 &E, 1,
3340 SourceLocation());
3341 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3342 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3343
3344 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3345 // union type from this initializer list.
3346 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3347 false);
3348}
3349
3350Sema::AssignConvertType
3351Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3352 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3353
3354 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3355 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3356 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
3357 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
3358 return Incompatible;
3359
3360 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3361 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3362 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3363 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3364 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3365 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3366 it != itend; ++it) {
3367 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3368 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3369 // 1) void pointer
3370 // 2) null pointer constant
3371 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3372 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3373 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3374 InitField = *it;
3375 break;
3376 }
3377
3378 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3379 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3380 InitField = *it;
3381 break;
3382 }
3383 }
3384
3385 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3386 == Compatible) {
3387 InitField = *it;
3388 break;
3389 }
3390 }
3391
3392 if (!InitField)
3393 return Incompatible;
3394
3395 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3396 return Compatible;
3397}
3398
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003399Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003400Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003401 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3402 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3403 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3404 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3405 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003406 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3407 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003408 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003409 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003410 }
3411
3412 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3413 // structures.
3414 }
3415
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003416 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3417 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003418 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3419 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003420 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003421 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003422 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003423 return Compatible;
3424 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003425
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003426 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003427 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003428 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003429 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003430 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003431 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003432 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3433 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003434
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003435 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3436 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003437
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003438 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3439 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003440 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3441 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3442 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3443 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003444 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003445 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003446 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003447}
3448
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003449Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003450Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3451 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3452}
3453
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003454QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003456 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003457 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003458 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003459}
3460
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003461inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003462 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003463 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003464 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003465 QualType lhsType =
3466 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3467 QualType rhsType =
3468 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003469
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003470 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003471 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003472 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003473
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003474 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3475 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003476 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3477 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3478 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003479 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3480 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003481 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003482 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003483 }
3484 }
3485 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003486
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003487 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3488 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003489 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003490 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003491
3492 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003493 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3494 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003495 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003496 return lhsType;
3497 }
3498 }
3499
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003500 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003501 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003502 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003503 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3504
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003505 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003506 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3507 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003508 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003509 return rhsType;
3510 }
3511 }
3512
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003513 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003514 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003515 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003516 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003517 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003518}
3519
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003520inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003521 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003522{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003523 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003524 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003525
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003526 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003527
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003528 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003529 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003530 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003531}
3532
3533inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003534 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003535{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003536 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3537 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3538 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3539 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3540 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003541
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003542 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003543
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003544 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003545 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003546 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003547}
3548
3549inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003550 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003551{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003552 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3553 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3554 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3555 return compType;
3556 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003557
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003558 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003559
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003560 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003561 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3562 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3563 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003564 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003565 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003566
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003567 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3568 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3569 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3570 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3571
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003572 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003573 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003574 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3575 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3576 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003577 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3578 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003579 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003580 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003581 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003582
3583 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3584 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3585 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003586 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003587 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3588 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3589 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3590 return QualType();
3591 }
3592
3593 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3594 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3595 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3596 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003597 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003598 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003599 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3600 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003601 return QualType();
3602
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003603 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3604 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3605 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3606 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3607 return QualType();
3608 }
3609
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003610 if (CompLHSTy) {
3611 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3612 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3613 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003614 else {
3615 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3616 if (!T.isNull())
3617 LHSTy = T;
3618 }
3619
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003620 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3621 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003622 return PExp->getType();
3623 }
3624 }
3625
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003626 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003627}
3628
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003629// C99 6.5.6
3630QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003631 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3632 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3633 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3634 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3635 return compType;
3636 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003637
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003638 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003639
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003640 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003641
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003642 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003643 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3644 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003645 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003646 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003647 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003648
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003649 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3650 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003651 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003652
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003653 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003654
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003655 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3656 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3657 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3658 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3659 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3660 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3661 return QualType();
3662 }
3663
3664 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3665 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3666 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3667 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3668 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003669 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003670 return QualType();
3671 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003672
3673 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3674 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3675 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3676 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3677 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3678 lex->getSourceRange(),
3679 SourceRange(),
3680 lex->getType()))
3681 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003682
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003683 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3684 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3685 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3686 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3687 return QualType();
3688 }
3689
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003690 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003691 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3692 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3693 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3694 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3695 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3696 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3697 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3698 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3699
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003700 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003701 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003702 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003703
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003704 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3705 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003706 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003707
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003708 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3709 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3710 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3711 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3712 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3713 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3714 return QualType();
3715 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003716
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003717 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3718 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3719 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3720 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003721 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003722 return QualType();
3723 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003724
3725 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3726 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3727 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3728 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3729 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3730 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3731 rex->getSourceRange(),
3732 SourceRange(),
3733 rex->getType()))
3734 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003735
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003736 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003737 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003738 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003739 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003740 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003741 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003742 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003743 return QualType();
3744 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003745
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003746 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3747 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3748 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3749 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3750 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3751 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3752 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003753
3754 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003755 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3756 }
3757 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003758
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003759 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003760}
3761
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003762// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003763QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003764 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003765 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3766 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003767 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003768
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003769 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3770 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003771 QualType LHSTy;
3772 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3773 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003774 else {
3775 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3776 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3777 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3778 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003779 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003780 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3781
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003782 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003783
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003784 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003785 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003786}
3787
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003788// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003789QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003790 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3791 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3792
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003793 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003794 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003795
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003796 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003797 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3798 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3799 else {
3800 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3801 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3802 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003803 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3804 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003805
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003806 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3807 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003808 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3809 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3810 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003811 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3812 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003813 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3814 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3815 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3816 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003817 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3818 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003819 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003820
3821 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3822 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3823 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3824 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3825
3826 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3827 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003828 Expr *literalString = 0;
3829 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003830 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003831 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3832 literalString = lex;
3833 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3834 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003835 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3836 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003837 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3838 literalString = rex;
3839 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3840 }
3841
3842 if (literalString) {
3843 std::string resultComparison;
3844 switch (Opc) {
3845 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3846 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3847 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3848 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3849 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3850 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3851 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3852 }
3853 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3854 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3855 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003856 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3857 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3858 "strcmp(")
3859 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3860 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003861 resultComparison);
3862 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003863 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003864
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003865 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003866 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003867
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003868 if (isRelational) {
3869 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003870 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003871 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003872 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003873 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003874 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003875 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003876 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003877
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003878 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003879 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003880 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003881
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003882 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3883 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003884
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003885 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3886 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3887 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003888 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003889 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003890 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003891 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003892 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003893
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003894 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3895 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3896 return ResultTy;
3897
3898 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3899 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3900 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3901 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3902 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3903 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3904 //
3905 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
3906 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00003907 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003908 if (T.isNull()) {
3909 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
3910 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3911 return QualType();
3912 }
3913
3914 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
3915 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
3916 return ResultTy;
3917 }
3918
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003919 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003920 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3921 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003922 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003923 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003924 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003925 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003926 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003927 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003928 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003929 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00003930 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
3931 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3932 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
3933 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
3934 return ResultTy;
3935 }
3936 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
3937 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
3938 return ResultTy;
3939 }
3940 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
3941 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
3942 return ResultTy;
3943 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003944 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003945 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003946 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3947 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003948
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003949 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3950 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003951 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003952 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003953 }
3954 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003955 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003956 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003957 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003958 if (!isRelational
3959 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
3960 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003961 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003962 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
3963 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3964 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
3965 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
3966 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
3967 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003968 }
3969 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003970 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003971 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003972
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003973 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003974 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003975 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3976 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003977 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003978 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003979 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003980 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003981
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003982 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3983 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003984 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003985 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003986 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003987 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003988 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003989 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003990 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003991 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003992 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3993 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003994 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003995 } else {
3996 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003997 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003998 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003999 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004000 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004001 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004002 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004003 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004004 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004005 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004006 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004007 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004008 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004009 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004010 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004011 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004012 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004013 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004014 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004015 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004016 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004017 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004018 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004019 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004020 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004021 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4022 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004023 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004024 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004025 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004026 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4027 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004028 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004029 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004030 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004031 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004032}
4033
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004034/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004035/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004036/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4037/// types.
4038QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004039 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004040 bool isRelational) {
4041 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4042 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004043 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004044 if (vType.isNull())
4045 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004046
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004047 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4048 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004049
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004050 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4051 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4052 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4053 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4054 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4055 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4056 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004057 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004058 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004059
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004060 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4061 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4062 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004063 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004064 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004065
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004066 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4067 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4068 if (1) {
4069 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4070 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4071 return QualType();
4072 }
4073
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004074 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4075 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4076 // elements for floating point vectors.
4077 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4078 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004079
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004080 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004081 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004082 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004083 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004084 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004085 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4086
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004087 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004088 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004089 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4090}
4091
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004092inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004093 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004094{
4095 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004096 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004097
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004098 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004099
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004100 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004101 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004102 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004103}
4104
4105inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004106 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004107{
4108 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4109 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004110
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004111 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004112 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004113 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004114}
4115
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004116/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4117/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4118/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4119///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004120static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004121{
4122 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4123 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4124 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4125 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4126 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004127 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004128 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4129 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4130 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4131 return true;
4132 }
4133 }
4134 return false;
4135}
4136
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004137/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4138/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4139static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004140 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4141 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4142 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004143 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4144 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004145 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4146 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004147
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004148 unsigned Diag = 0;
4149 bool NeedType = false;
4150 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4151 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4152 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004153 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004154 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4155 NeedType = true;
4156 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004157 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004158 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4159 NeedType = true;
4160 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004161 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004162 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4163 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004164 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004165 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4166 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004167 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4168 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004169 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004170 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4171 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004172 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004173 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4174 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004175 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004176 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4177 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004178 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4179 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4180 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004181 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4182 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4183 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004184 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004185
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004186 SourceRange Assign;
4187 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4188 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004189 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004190 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004191 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004192 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004193 return true;
4194}
4195
4196
4197
4198// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004199QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4200 SourceLocation Loc,
4201 QualType CompoundType) {
4202 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4203 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004204 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004205
4206 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4207 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004208
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004209 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004210 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004211 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004212 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004213 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4214 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4215 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4216 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4217 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4218 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4219 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004220
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004221 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4222 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4223 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004224 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004225 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4226 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4227 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4228 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4229 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004230 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004231 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004232 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4233 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4234 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004235 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4236 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004237 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4238 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4239 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004240 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004241 }
4242 } else {
4243 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004244 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004245 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004246
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004247 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4248 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004249 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004250
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004251 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4252 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004253 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004254 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4255 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004256 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004257 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004258 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004259}
4260
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004261// C99 6.5.17
4262QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004263 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004264 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004265
4266 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4267 // incomplete in C++).
4268
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004269 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004270}
4271
4272/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4273/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004274QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4275 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004276 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4277 return Context.DependentTy;
4278
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004279 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4280 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004281
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004282 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4283 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4284 if (!isInc) {
4285 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4286 return QualType();
4287 }
4288 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4289 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4290 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004291 // OK!
4292 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4293 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004294 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004295 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4296 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4297 << Op->getSourceRange();
4298 return QualType();
4299 }
4300
4301 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004302 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004303 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004304 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4305 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4306 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4307 return QualType();
4308 }
4309
4310 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004311 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004312 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4313 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4314 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4315 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004316 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004317 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4318 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4319 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004320 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004321 } else {
4322 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004323 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004324 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004325 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004326 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004327 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004328 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004329 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004330 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004331}
4332
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004333/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004334/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004335/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4336/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4337/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4338/// - &(x) => x
4339/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4340/// - &s.xx => s
4341/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4342/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4343/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4344/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004345static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004346 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004347 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004348 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004349 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004350 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004351 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4352 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4353 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004354 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004355 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004356 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004357 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004358 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004359 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the
4360 // implicit promotion of register arrays earlier.
4361 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4362 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4363 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4364 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4365 }
4366 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004367 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004368 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4369 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004370
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004371 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004372 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4373 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4374 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4375 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4376 default:
4377 return 0;
4378 }
4379 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004380 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004381 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004382 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004383 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4384 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004385 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004386 default:
4387 return 0;
4388 }
4389}
4390
4391/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004392/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004393/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004394/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004395/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004396/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004397/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004398QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004399 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4400 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4401
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004402 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4403 return Context.DependentTy;
4404
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004405 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4406 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4407 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4408 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4409 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4410 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4411 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4412 }
4413 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4414 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4415 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004416 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004417 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004418
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004419 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004420 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmane7e4dac2009-05-03 22:36:05 +00004421 if (op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
4422 // Function designator is valid
4423 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4424 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void)
4425 << op->getSourceRange();
4426 } else {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004427 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004428 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4429 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004430 return QualType();
4431 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004432 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004433 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4434 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4435 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004436 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004437 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4438 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004439 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004440 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004441 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004442 return QualType();
4443 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004444 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004445 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4446 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4447 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004448 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4449 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004450 return QualType();
4451 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004452 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004453 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004454 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4455 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004456 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4457 // scope qualifier for the class.
4458 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4459 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4460 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4461 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4462 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4463 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004464 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4465 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004466 // As above.
4467 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4468 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4469 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4470 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4471 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4472 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004473 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004474 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004475 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004476 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004477
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004478 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4479 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4480}
4481
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004482QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004483 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4484 return Context.DependentTy;
4485
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004486 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4487 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004488
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004489 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4490 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4491 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4492 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4493 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004494 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004495
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004496 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004497 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004498 return QualType();
4499}
4500
4501static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4502 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4503 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4504 switch (Kind) {
4505 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004506 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4507 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004508 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4509 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4510 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4511 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4512 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4513 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4514 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4515 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4516 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4517 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4518 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4519 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4520 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4521 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4522 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4523 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4524 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4525 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4526 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4527 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4528 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4529 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4530 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4531 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4532 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4533 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4534 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4535 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4536 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4537 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4538 }
4539 return Opc;
4540}
4541
4542static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4543 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4544 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4545 switch (Kind) {
4546 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4547 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4548 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4549 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4550 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4551 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4552 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4553 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4554 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004555 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4556 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4557 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4558 }
4559 return Opc;
4560}
4561
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004562/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4563/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4564/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004565Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4566 unsigned Op,
4567 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004568 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004569 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004570 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4571 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4572 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004573
4574 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004575 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4576 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4577 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004578 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4579 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4580 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4581 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4582 break;
4583 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004584 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4585 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4586 break;
4587 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4588 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4589 break;
4590 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4591 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4592 break;
4593 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4594 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4595 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004596 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004597 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4598 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4599 break;
4600 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4601 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4602 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4603 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004604 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004605 break;
4606 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4607 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004608 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004609 break;
4610 case BinaryOperator::And:
4611 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4612 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4613 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4614 break;
4615 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4616 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4617 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4618 break;
4619 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4620 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004621 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4622 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4623 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4624 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004625 break;
4626 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004627 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4628 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4629 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4630 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004631 break;
4632 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004633 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4634 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4635 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004636 break;
4637 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004638 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4639 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4640 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004641 break;
4642 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4643 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004644 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4645 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4646 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4647 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004648 break;
4649 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4650 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4651 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004652 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4653 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4654 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4655 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004656 break;
4657 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4658 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4659 break;
4660 }
4661 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004662 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004663 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004664 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4665 else
4666 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004667 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4668 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004669}
4670
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004671// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004672Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4673 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4674 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004675 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004676 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004677
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004678 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4679 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004680
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004681 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4682 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4683 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4684 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4685 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4686 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4687 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004688 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004689 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4690 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4691 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4692 Functions);
4693 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4694 DeclarationName OpName
4695 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4696 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004697 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004698
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004699 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4700 // binary operation.
4701 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004702 }
4703
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004704 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4705 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004706}
4707
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004708Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4709 unsigned OpcIn,
4710 ExprArg InputArg) {
4711 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004712
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004713 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4714 // appropriately.
4715 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004716 QualType resultType;
4717 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004718 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4719 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4720 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4721 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4722 break;
4723
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004724 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4725 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004726 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4727 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004728 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004729 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004730 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4731 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004732 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004733 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004734 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4735 break;
4736 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4737 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4738 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4739 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004740 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4741 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004742 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4743 break;
4744 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4745 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4746 break;
4747 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4748 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4749 resultType->isPointerType())
4750 break;
4751
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004752 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4753 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004754 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4755 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4756 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004757 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4758 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004759 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4760 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4761 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004762 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004763 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004764 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004765 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4766 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004767 break;
4768 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4769 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4770 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4771 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004772 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4773 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004774 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004775 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4776 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004777 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004778 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4779 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004780 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004781 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004782 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004783 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004784 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004785 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004786 resultType = Input->getType();
4787 break;
4788 }
4789 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004790 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004791
4792 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004793 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004794}
4795
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004796// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4797Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4798 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4799 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4800 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4801
4802 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4803 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4804 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4805 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4806 // the arguments.
4807 FunctionSet Functions;
4808 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4809 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4810 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4811 Functions);
4812 DeclarationName OpName
4813 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4814 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4815 }
4816
4817 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4818 }
4819
4820 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4821}
4822
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004823/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004824Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4825 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4826 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004827 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004828 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004829
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004830 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4831 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004832 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004833 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004834
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004835 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004836 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4837 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004838}
4839
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004840Sema::OwningExprResult
4841Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4842 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4843 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004844 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4845 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4846
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004847 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004848 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004849 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004850
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004851 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4852 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4853 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004854
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004855 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4856 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4857 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004858
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004859 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4860 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4861 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4862 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4863 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004864
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004865 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004866 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004867 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004868
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004869 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4870 // expressions are not lvalues.
4871
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004872 substmt.release();
4873 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004874}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004875
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004876Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4877 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4878 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4879 TypeTy *argty,
4880 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4881 unsigned NumComponents,
4882 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4883 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4884 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004885 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4886 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004887
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004888 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4889
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004890 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4891 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4892 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004893 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004894 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004895
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004896 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4897 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004898
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004899 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4900 // the offsetof designators.
4901 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4902 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004903 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004904 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004905
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004906 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4907 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004908 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4909 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004910 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004911 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4912 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004913
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004914 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00004915 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004916
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004917 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4918 // leaks like a sieve.
4919 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4920 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4921 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4922 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4923 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4924 if (!AT) {
4925 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004926 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4927 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004928 }
4929
4930 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4931
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004932 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4933 // expression.
4934 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4935
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004936 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4937 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004938 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004939 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004940 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00004941 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004942 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004943
4944 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4945 OC.LocEnd);
4946 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004947 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004948
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004949 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4950 if (!RC) {
4951 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004952 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4953 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004954 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004955
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004956 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4957 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004958 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004959 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00004960 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
4961 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
4962 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004963 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
4964 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004965 }
4966
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004967 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4968 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4969 LookupMemberName)
4970 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004971 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004972 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004973 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4974 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004975
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004976 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4977 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004978 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00004979 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
4980 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004981 } else {
4982 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
4983 // doesn't matter here.
4984 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4985 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
4986 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004987 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004988 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004989
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004990 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4991 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004992}
4993
4994
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004995Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4996 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4997 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004998 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4999 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005000
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005001 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005002
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005003 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5004 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005005}
5006
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005007Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5008 ExprArg cond,
5009 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5010 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5011 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5012 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5013 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005014
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005015 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5016
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005017 QualType resType;
5018 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
5019 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5020 } else {
5021 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5022 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5023 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5024 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005025 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5026 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5027 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005028
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005029 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5030 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5031 }
5032
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005033 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5034 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5035 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005036}
5037
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005038//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5039// Clang Extensions.
5040//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5041
5042/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005043void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005044 // Analyze block parameters.
5045 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005046
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005047 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5048 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5049 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005050
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005051 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
5052 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005053 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005054 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5055 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005056
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005057 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005058 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005059}
5060
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005061void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005062 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005063
Mike Stump9e439c92009-04-29 21:40:37 +00005064 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
5065
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005066 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5067 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
5068 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5069
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005070 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5071 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5072 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5073 return;
5074 }
5075
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005076 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5077 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5078 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5079
5080 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5081 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005082 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
5083 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
5084 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005085 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005086 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5087 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005088 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5089
5090 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5091 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5092 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5093 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5094 return;
5095 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005096 return;
5097 }
5098
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005099 // Analyze arguments to block.
5100 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5101 "Not a function declarator!");
5102 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005103
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005104 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5105 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005106
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005107 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5108 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5109 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5110 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005111 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5112 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005113 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005114 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005115 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5116 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005117 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005118 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005119 }
Steve Naroff494cb0f2009-03-13 16:56:44 +00005120 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005121 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005122
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005123 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5124 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5125 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5126 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5127 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005128
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005129 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
5130 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic && CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
5131 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005132 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005133 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5134 }
5135
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005136 // Analyze the return type.
5137 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5138 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5139
5140 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5141 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5142 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5143 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5144 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
5145 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005146}
5147
5148/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5149/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5150void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5151 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5152 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005153
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005154 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5155
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005156 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005157 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005158 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005159 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005160}
5161
5162/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5163/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005164Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5165 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005166 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5167 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5168 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5169
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005170 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5171 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005172
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005173 PopDeclContext();
5174
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005175 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5176 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005177
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005178 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
5179 if (BSI->ReturnType)
5180 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005181
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005182 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5183 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5184 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005185
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005186 QualType BlockTy;
5187 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005188 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005189 else
5190 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005191 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005192
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005193 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
5194
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005195 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005196
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005197 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5198 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5199 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5200 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5201
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005202 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005203 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5204 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005205}
5206
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005207Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5208 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5209 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005210 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005211 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5212 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5213
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005214 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005215
5216 // Get the va_list type
5217 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5218 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5219 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5220 // a pointer for va_arg.
5221 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
5222 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00005223 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5224 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005225
Chris Lattnercb9469d2009-04-06 17:07:34 +00005226 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005227 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5228 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005229 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005230 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005231
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005232 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005233 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005234
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005235 expr.release();
5236 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5237 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005238}
5239
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005240Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005241 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5242 // pointers on the target.
5243 QualType Ty;
5244 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5245 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5246 else
5247 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5248
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005249 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005250}
5251
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005252bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5253 SourceLocation Loc,
5254 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5255 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5256 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5257 bool isInvalid = false;
5258 unsigned DiagKind;
5259 switch (ConvTy) {
5260 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5261 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005262 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005263 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5264 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005265 case IntToPointer:
5266 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5267 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005268 case IncompatiblePointer:
5269 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5270 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005271 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5272 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5273 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005274 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5275 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5276 break;
5277 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005278 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5279 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5280 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5281 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5282 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5283 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5284 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5285 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5286 // C++ semantics.
5287 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5288 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5289 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005290 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5291 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005292 case IntToBlockPointer:
5293 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5294 break;
5295 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005296 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005297 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005298 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005299 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005300 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5301 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5302 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005303 case IncompatibleVectors:
5304 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5305 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005306 case Incompatible:
5307 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5308 isInvalid = true;
5309 break;
5310 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005311
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005312 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5313 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005314 return isInvalid;
5315}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005316
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005317bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005318 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5319 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5320 if (Result)
5321 *Result = ICEResult;
5322 return false;
5323 }
5324
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005325 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5326
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005327 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005328 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5329 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5330
5331 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5332 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5333 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5334 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5335 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5336 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5337 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005338
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005339 return true;
5340 }
5341
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005342 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5343 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005344
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005345 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5346 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5347 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005348
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005349 if (Result)
5350 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5351 return false;
5352}